]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* data/c.m4 (b4_location_initial_column, b4_location_initial_line):
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2002 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2003 start at 1.
2004
2005 @node Ltcalc Rules
2006 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2007
2008 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2009 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2010 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2011 from the new information.
2012
2013 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2014 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2015
2016 @example
2017 @group
2018 input : /* empty */
2019 | input line
2020 ;
2021 @end group
2022
2023 @group
2024 line : '\n'
2025 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2026 ;
2027 @end group
2028
2029 @group
2030 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2031 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2032 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2033 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2034 @end group
2035 @group
2036 | exp '/' exp
2037 @{
2038 if ($3)
2039 $$ = $1 / $3;
2040 else
2041 @{
2042 $$ = 1;
2043 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2044 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2045 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2046 @}
2047 @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2051 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2052 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2053 @end group
2054 @end example
2055
2056 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2057 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2058 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2059
2060 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2061 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2062 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2063 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2064 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2065 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2066 hand.
2067
2068 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2069 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2070
2071 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2072 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2073 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2074 semantic values.
2075
2076 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2077 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2078
2079 @example
2080 @group
2081 int
2082 yylex (void)
2083 @{
2084 int c;
2085 @end group
2086
2087 @group
2088 /* Skip white space. */
2089 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2090 ++yylloc.last_column;
2091 @end group
2092
2093 @group
2094 /* Step. */
2095 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2096 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2097 @end group
2098
2099 @group
2100 /* Process numbers. */
2101 if (isdigit (c))
2102 @{
2103 yylval = c - '0';
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2106 @{
2107 ++yylloc.last_column;
2108 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2109 @}
2110 ungetc (c, stdin);
2111 return NUM;
2112 @}
2113 @end group
2114
2115 /* Return end-of-input. */
2116 if (c == EOF)
2117 return 0;
2118
2119 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2120 if (c == '\n')
2121 @{
2122 ++yylloc.last_line;
2123 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2124 @}
2125 else
2126 ++yylloc.last_column;
2127 return c;
2128 @}
2129 @end example
2130
2131 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2132 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2133 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2134 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2135
2136 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2137 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2138 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2139 controlling function:
2140
2141 @example
2142 @group
2143 int
2144 main (void)
2145 @{
2146 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2147 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2148 return yyparse ();
2149 @}
2150 @end group
2151 @end example
2152
2153 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2154 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2155 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2156
2157 @node Multi-function Calc
2158 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex multi-function calculator
2160 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2161 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2162
2163 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2164 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2165 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2166 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2167 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2168
2169 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2170 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2171 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2172 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2173 functions whose syntax has this form:
2174
2175 @example
2176 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2177 @end example
2178
2179 @noindent
2180 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2181 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2182 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2183
2184 @example
2185 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2186 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2187 3.1415926536
2188 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2189 0.0000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{alpha}
2193 2.3000000000
2194 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2195 0.8329091229
2196 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 $
2199 @end example
2200
2201 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2202
2203 @menu
2204 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2205 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2206 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2207 @end menu
2208
2209 @node Mfcalc Decl
2210 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2211
2212 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @group
2216 %@{
2217 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2218 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2219 int yylex (void);
2220 void yyerror (char const *);
2221 %@}
2222 @end group
2223 @group
2224 %union @{
2225 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2226 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2227 @}
2228 @end group
2229 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2230 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2231 %type <val> exp
2232
2233 @group
2234 %right '='
2235 %left '-' '+'
2236 %left '*' '/'
2237 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2238 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2239 @end group
2240 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2244 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2245 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2246
2247 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2248 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2249 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2250 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2251
2252 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2253 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2254 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2255 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2256 between angle brackets).
2257
2258 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2259 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2260 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2261 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2262 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2263 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2264
2265 @node Mfcalc Rules
2266 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2267
2268 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2269 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2270 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2271
2272 @smallexample
2273 @group
2274 input: /* empty */
2275 | input line
2276 ;
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 line:
2281 '\n'
2282 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2283 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2284 ;
2285 @end group
2286
2287 @group
2288 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2289 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2290 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2291 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2292 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2293 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2294 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2295 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2296 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2297 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2298 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301 /* End of grammar. */
2302 %%
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2306 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2307 @cindex symbol table example
2308
2309 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2310 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2311 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2312 requires some additional C functions for support.
2313
2314 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2315 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2316 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2317
2318 @smallexample
2319 @group
2320 /* Function type. */
2321 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2326 struct symrec
2327 @{
2328 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2329 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2330 union
2331 @{
2332 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2333 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2334 @} value;
2335 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2336 @};
2337 @end group
2338
2339 @group
2340 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2341
2342 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2343 extern symrec *sym_table;
2344
2345 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2346 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2347 @end group
2348 @end smallexample
2349
2350 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2351 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2352 @code{init_table} as well:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 #include <stdio.h>
2356
2357 @group
2358 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2359 void
2360 yyerror (char const *s)
2361 @{
2362 printf ("%s\n", s);
2363 @}
2364 @end group
2365
2366 @group
2367 struct init
2368 @{
2369 char const *fname;
2370 double (*fnct) (double);
2371 @};
2372 @end group
2373
2374 @group
2375 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2376 @{
2377 "sin", sin,
2378 "cos", cos,
2379 "atan", atan,
2380 "ln", log,
2381 "exp", exp,
2382 "sqrt", sqrt,
2383 0, 0
2384 @};
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2389 symrec *sym_table;
2390 @end group
2391
2392 @group
2393 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2394 void
2395 init_table (void)
2396 @{
2397 int i;
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2400 @{
2401 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2402 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2403 @}
2404 @}
2405 @end group
2406
2407 @group
2408 int
2409 main (void)
2410 @{
2411 init_table ();
2412 return yyparse ();
2413 @}
2414 @end group
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2418 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2419
2420 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2421 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2422 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2423 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2424 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2425 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 symrec *
2429 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2430 @{
2431 symrec *ptr;
2432 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2433 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2434 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2435 ptr->type = sym_type;
2436 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2437 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2438 sym_table = ptr;
2439 return ptr;
2440 @}
2441
2442 symrec *
2443 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2447 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2448 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2449 return ptr;
2450 return 0;
2451 @}
2452 @end smallexample
2453
2454 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2455 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2456 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2457 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2458
2459 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2460 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2461 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2462 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2463 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2464 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2465
2466 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2467 operators in @code{yylex}.
2468
2469 @smallexample
2470 @group
2471 #include <ctype.h>
2472 @end group
2473
2474 @group
2475 int
2476 yylex (void)
2477 @{
2478 int c;
2479
2480 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2481 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2482
2483 if (c == EOF)
2484 return 0;
2485 @end group
2486
2487 @group
2488 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2489 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2490 @{
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2493 return NUM;
2494 @}
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2499 if (isalpha (c))
2500 @{
2501 symrec *s;
2502 static char *symbuf = 0;
2503 static int length = 0;
2504 int i;
2505 @end group
2506
2507 @group
2508 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2509 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2510 if (length == 0)
2511 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2512
2513 i = 0;
2514 do
2515 @end group
2516 @group
2517 @{
2518 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2519 if (i == length)
2520 @{
2521 length *= 2;
2522 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2523 @}
2524 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2525 symbuf[i++] = c;
2526 /* Get another character. */
2527 c = getchar ();
2528 @}
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 while (isalnum (c));
2532
2533 ungetc (c, stdin);
2534 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2535 @end group
2536
2537 @group
2538 s = getsym (symbuf);
2539 if (s == 0)
2540 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2541 yylval.tptr = s;
2542 return s->type;
2543 @}
2544
2545 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2546 return c;
2547 @}
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2552 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2553 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2554
2555 @node Exercises
2556 @section Exercises
2557 @cindex exercises
2558
2559 @enumerate
2560 @item
2561 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2562
2563 @item
2564 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2565 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2566 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2567
2568 @item
2569 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2570 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2571 @end enumerate
2572
2573 @node Grammar File
2574 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2575
2576 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2577 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2578
2579 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2580 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2581
2582 @menu
2583 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2584 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2585 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2586 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2587 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2588 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2589 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2590 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2591 @end menu
2592
2593 @node Grammar Outline
2594 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2595
2596 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2597 appropriate delimiters:
2598
2599 @example
2600 %@{
2601 @var{Prologue}
2602 %@}
2603
2604 @var{Bison declarations}
2605
2606 %%
2607 @var{Grammar rules}
2608 %%
2609
2610 @var{Epilogue}
2611 @end example
2612
2613 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2614 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2615 continues until end of line.
2616
2617 @menu
2618 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2619 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2620 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2621 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2622 @end menu
2623
2624 @node Prologue
2625 @subsection The prologue
2626 @cindex declarations section
2627 @cindex Prologue
2628 @cindex declarations
2629
2630 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2631 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2632 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2633 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2634 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2635 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2636 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2637
2638 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2639 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2640 character constant.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #include <stdio.h>
2653 #include "ptypes.h"
2654 %@}
2655
2656 %union @{
2657 long int n;
2658 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2659 @}
2660
2661 %@{
2662 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2663 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2664 %@}
2665
2666 @dots{}
2667 @end smallexample
2668
2669 @findex %before-header
2670 @findex %start-header
2671 @findex %after-header
2672 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2673 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2674 in that header file as well.
2675 In that case, use @code{%before-header}, @code{%start-header}, and
2676 @code{%after-header} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2677 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}):
2678
2679 @smallexample
2680 %before-header @{
2681 #include <stdio.h>
2682 @}
2683
2684 %start-header @{
2685 #include "ptypes.h"
2686 @}
2687 %union @{
2688 long int n;
2689 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2690 @}
2691
2692 %after-header @{
2693 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2694 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2695 @}
2696
2697 @dots{}
2698 @end smallexample
2699
2700 @node Bison Declarations
2701 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2702 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2703 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2704
2705 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2706 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2707 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2708 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2709
2710 @node Grammar Rules
2711 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2712 @cindex grammar rules section
2713 @cindex rules section for grammar
2714
2715 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2716 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2717
2718 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2719 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2720 if it is the first thing in the file.
2721
2722 @node Epilogue
2723 @subsection The epilogue
2724 @cindex additional C code section
2725 @cindex epilogue
2726 @cindex C code, section for additional
2727
2728 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2729 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2730 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2731 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2732 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2733 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2734 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2735 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2736 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2737
2738 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2739 from the grammar rules.
2740
2741 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2742 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2743 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2744 of the grammar file.
2745
2746 @node Symbols
2747 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2748 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2749 @cindex terminal symbol
2750 @cindex token type
2751 @cindex symbol
2752
2753 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2754 of the language.
2755
2756 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2757 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2758 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2759 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2760 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2761 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2762 the symbol to stand for it.
2763
2764 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2765 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2766 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2767
2768 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2769 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2770
2771 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2772
2773 @itemize @bullet
2774 @item
2775 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2776 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2777 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2778 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2779
2780 @item
2781 @cindex character token
2782 @cindex literal token
2783 @cindex single-character literal
2784 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2785 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2786 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2787 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2788 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2789 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2790 ,Operator Precedence}).
2791
2792 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2793 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2794 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2795 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2796 your program will confuse other readers.
2797
2798 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2799 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2800 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2801 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2802 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2803 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2804 allowed.
2805
2806 @item
2807 @cindex string token
2808 @cindex literal string token
2809 @cindex multicharacter literal
2810 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2811 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2812 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2813 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2814 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2815
2816 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2817 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2818 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2819 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2820 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2821
2822 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2823
2824 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2825 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2826 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2827 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2828 read your program will be confused.
2829
2830 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2831 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2832 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2833 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2834 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2835 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2836 @end itemize
2837
2838 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2839 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2840 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2841
2842 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2843 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2844 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2845 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2846 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2847 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2848 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2849 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2850 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2851 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2852 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2853 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2854
2855 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2856 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2857 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2858 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2859 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2860
2861 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2862 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2863 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2864 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2865 characters in the following C-language string:
2866
2867 @example
2868 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2869 @end example
2870
2871 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2872 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2873 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2874 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2875 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2876 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2877 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2878 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2879 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2880 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2881 compiling them.
2882
2883 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2884 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2885 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2886 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2887 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2888
2889 @node Rules
2890 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2891 @cindex rule syntax
2892 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2893 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2894
2895 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2896
2897 @example
2898 @group
2899 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2900 ;
2901 @end group
2902 @end example
2903
2904 @noindent
2905 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2906 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2907 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2908
2909 For example,
2910
2911 @example
2912 @group
2913 exp: exp '+' exp
2914 ;
2915 @end group
2916 @end example
2917
2918 @noindent
2919 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2920 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2921
2922 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2923 extra white space as you wish.
2924
2925 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2926 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2927
2928 @example
2929 @{@var{C statements}@}
2930 @end example
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 @cindex braced code
2934 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2935 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2936 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2937 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2938 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2939
2940 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2941 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2942 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2943 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2944 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2945 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2946 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2947 character constants.
2948
2949 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2950 @xref{Actions}.
2951
2952 @findex |
2953 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2954 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2955
2956 @example
2957 @group
2958 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2959 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2960 @dots{}
2961 ;
2962 @end group
2963 @end example
2964
2965 @noindent
2966 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2967
2968 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2969 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2970 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2971
2972 @example
2973 @group
2974 expseq: /* empty */
2975 | expseq1
2976 ;
2977 @end group
2978
2979 @group
2980 expseq1: exp
2981 | expseq1 ',' exp
2982 ;
2983 @end group
2984 @end example
2985
2986 @noindent
2987 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2988 with no components.
2989
2990 @node Recursion
2991 @section Recursive Rules
2992 @cindex recursive rule
2993
2994 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2995 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2996 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2997 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2998 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2999
3000 @example
3001 @group
3002 expseq1: exp
3003 | expseq1 ',' exp
3004 ;
3005 @end group
3006 @end example
3007
3008 @cindex left recursion
3009 @cindex right recursion
3010 @noindent
3011 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3012 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3013 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3014
3015 @example
3016 @group
3017 expseq1: exp
3018 | exp ',' expseq1
3019 ;
3020 @end group
3021 @end example
3022
3023 @noindent
3024 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3025 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3026 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3027 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3028 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3029 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3030 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3031 of this.
3032
3033 @cindex mutual recursion
3034 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3035 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3036 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3037 side.
3038
3039 For example:
3040
3041 @example
3042 @group
3043 expr: primary
3044 | primary '+' primary
3045 ;
3046 @end group
3047
3048 @group
3049 primary: constant
3050 | '(' expr ')'
3051 ;
3052 @end group
3053 @end example
3054
3055 @noindent
3056 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3057 other.
3058
3059 @node Semantics
3060 @section Defining Language Semantics
3061 @cindex defining language semantics
3062 @cindex language semantics, defining
3063
3064 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3065 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3066 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3067
3068 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3069 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3070 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3071 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3072
3073 @menu
3074 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3075 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3076 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3077 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3078 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3079 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3080 action in the middle of a rule.
3081 @end menu
3082
3083 @node Value Type
3084 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3085 @cindex semantic value type
3086 @cindex value type, semantic
3087 @cindex data types of semantic values
3088 @cindex default data type
3089
3090 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3091 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3092 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3093 Notation Calculator}).
3094
3095 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3096 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3097
3098 @example
3099 #define YYSTYPE double
3100 @end example
3101
3102 @noindent
3103 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3104 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3105 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3106 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3107
3108 @node Multiple Types
3109 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3110
3111 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3112 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3113 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3114 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3115 symbol table.
3116
3117 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3118 requires you to do two things:
3119
3120 @itemize @bullet
3121 @item
3122 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3123 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3124 Value Types}).
3125
3126 @item
3127 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3128 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3129 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3130 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3131 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3132 @end itemize
3133
3134 @node Actions
3135 @subsection Actions
3136 @cindex action
3137 @vindex $$
3138 @vindex $@var{n}
3139
3140 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3141 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3142 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3143 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3144
3145 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3146 placed at any position in the rule;
3147 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3148 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3149 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3150 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3151
3152 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3153 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3154 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3155 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3156 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3157 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3158 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3159
3160 Here is a typical example:
3161
3162 @example
3163 @group
3164 exp: @dots{}
3165 | exp '+' exp
3166 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3167 @end group
3168 @end example
3169
3170 @noindent
3171 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3172 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3173 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3174 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3175 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3176 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3177 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3178 referred to as @code{$2}.
3179
3180 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3181 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3182 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3183 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3184 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3185
3186 @example
3187 @group
3188 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3189 @end group
3190 @end example
3191
3192 @cindex default action
3193 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3194 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3195 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3196 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3197 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3198 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3199
3200 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3201 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3202 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3203 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3204 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3205
3206 @example
3207 @group
3208 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3209 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3210 ;
3211 @end group
3212
3213 @group
3214 bar: /* empty */
3215 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3216 ;
3217 @end group
3218 @end example
3219
3220 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3221 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3222 definition of @code{foo}.
3223
3224 @vindex yylval
3225 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3226 any, from a semantic action.
3227 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3228 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3229
3230 @node Action Types
3231 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3232 @cindex action data types
3233 @cindex data types in actions
3234
3235 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3236 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3237
3238 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3239 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3240 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3241 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3242 in the rule. In this example,
3243
3244 @example
3245 @group
3246 exp: @dots{}
3247 | exp '+' exp
3248 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3249 @end group
3250 @end example
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3254 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3255 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3256 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3257
3258 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3259 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3260 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3261
3262 @example
3263 @group
3264 %union @{
3265 int itype;
3266 double dtype;
3267 @}
3268 @end group
3269 @end example
3270
3271 @noindent
3272 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3273 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3274
3275 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3276 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3277 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3278 @cindex mid-rule actions
3279
3280 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3281 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3282 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3283
3284 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3285 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3286 it is run before they are parsed.
3287
3288 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3289 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3290 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3291 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3292 @code{$@var{n}}.
3293
3294 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3295 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3296 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3297 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3298 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3299 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3300
3301 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3302 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3303 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3304 at the end of the rule.
3305
3306 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3307 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3308 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3309 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3310 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3311 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3312
3313 @example
3314 @group
3315 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3316 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3317 declare_variable ($3); @}
3318 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3319 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3320 @end group
3321 @end example
3322
3323 @noindent
3324 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3325 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3326 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3327 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3328 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3329 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3330 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3331 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3332
3333 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3334 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3335 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3336 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3337 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3338
3339 @findex %destructor
3340 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3341 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3342 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3343 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3344 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3345 restoring it.
3346 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3347 Discarded Symbols}).
3348 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor for a
3349 mid-rule action's semantic value.
3350
3351 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3352 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3353
3354 @example
3355 @group
3356 %type <context> let
3357 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3358
3359 %%
3360
3361 stmt: let stmt
3362 @{ $$ = $2;
3363 pop_context ($1); @}
3364 ;
3365
3366 let: LET '(' var ')'
3367 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3368 declare_variable ($3); @}
3369 ;
3370
3371 @end group
3372 @end example
3373
3374 @noindent
3375 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3376 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3377 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3378
3379 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3380 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3381 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3382 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3383 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3384 declaration or not:
3385
3386 @example
3387 @group
3388 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3389 | '@{' statements '@}'
3390 ;
3391 @end group
3392 @end example
3393
3394 @noindent
3395 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3396
3397 @example
3398 @group
3399 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3400 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3401 @end group
3402 @group
3403 | '@{' statements '@}'
3404 ;
3405 @end group
3406 @end example
3407
3408 @noindent
3409 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3410 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3411 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3412 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3413 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3414 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3415
3416 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3417 actions into the two rules, like this:
3418
3419 @example
3420 @group
3421 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3422 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3423 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3424 '@{' statements '@}'
3425 ;
3426 @end group
3427 @end example
3428
3429 @noindent
3430 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3431 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3432
3433 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3434 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3435 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3436
3437 @example
3438 @group
3439 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3440 declarations statements '@}'
3441 | '@{' statements '@}'
3442 ;
3443 @end group
3444 @end example
3445
3446 @noindent
3447 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3448 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3449
3450 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3451 serves as a subroutine:
3452
3453 @example
3454 @group
3455 subroutine: /* empty */
3456 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3457 ;
3458
3459 @end group
3460
3461 @group
3462 compound: subroutine
3463 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3464 | subroutine
3465 '@{' statements '@}'
3466 ;
3467 @end group
3468 @end example
3469
3470 @noindent
3471 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3472 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3473
3474 @node Locations
3475 @section Tracking Locations
3476 @cindex location
3477 @cindex textual location
3478 @cindex location, textual
3479
3480 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3481 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3482 especially symbol locations.
3483
3484 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3485 actions to take when rules are matched.
3486
3487 @menu
3488 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3489 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3490 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3491 @end menu
3492
3493 @node Location Type
3494 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3495 @cindex data type of locations
3496 @cindex default location type
3497
3498 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3499 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3500
3501 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3502 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3503 defining @code{YYSTYPE} (@pxref{Value Type}).
3504 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3505 four members:
3506
3507 @example
3508 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3509 @{
3510 int first_line;
3511 int first_column;
3512 int last_line;
3513 int last_column;
3514 @} YYLTYPE;
3515 @end example
3516
3517 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3518 for @code{yylloc}.
3519
3520 @node Actions and Locations
3521 @subsection Actions and Locations
3522 @cindex location actions
3523 @cindex actions, location
3524 @vindex @@$
3525 @vindex @@@var{n}
3526
3527 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3528 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3529
3530 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3531 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3532 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3533 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3534 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3535 @code{@@$}.
3536
3537 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3538
3539 @example
3540 @group
3541 exp: @dots{}
3542 | exp '/' exp
3543 @{
3544 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3545 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3546 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3547 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3548 if ($3)
3549 $$ = $1 / $3;
3550 else
3551 @{
3552 $$ = 1;
3553 fprintf (stderr,
3554 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3555 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3556 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3557 @}
3558 @}
3559 @end group
3560 @end example
3561
3562 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3563 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3564 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3565 last symbol.
3566
3567 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3568 example above simply rewrites this way:
3569
3570 @example
3571 @group
3572 exp: @dots{}
3573 | exp '/' exp
3574 @{
3575 if ($3)
3576 $$ = $1 / $3;
3577 else
3578 @{
3579 $$ = 1;
3580 fprintf (stderr,
3581 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3582 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3583 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3584 @}
3585 @}
3586 @end group
3587 @end example
3588
3589 @vindex yylloc
3590 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3591 from a semantic action.
3592 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3593 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3594
3595 @node Location Default Action
3596 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3597 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3598 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3599
3600 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3601 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3602 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3603 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3604 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3605 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3606 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3607 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3608 of that ambiguity.
3609
3610 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3611 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3612
3613 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3614 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3615 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3616 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3617 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3618 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3619 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3620 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3621 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3622 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3623
3624 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3625
3626 @smallexample
3627 @group
3628 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3629 do \
3630 if (N) \
3631 @{ \
3632 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3633 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3634 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3635 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3636 @} \
3637 else \
3638 @{ \
3639 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3640 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3641 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3642 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3643 @} \
3644 while (0)
3645 @end group
3646 @end smallexample
3647
3648 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3649 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3650 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3651
3652 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3653
3654 @itemize @bullet
3655 @item
3656 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3657 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3658
3659 @item
3660 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3661 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3662 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3663 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3664
3665 @item
3666 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3667 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3668 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3669 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3670 @end itemize
3671
3672 @node Declarations
3673 @section Bison Declarations
3674 @cindex declarations, Bison
3675 @cindex Bison declarations
3676
3677 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3678 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3679 @xref{Symbols}.
3680
3681 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3682 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3683 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3684 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3685
3686 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3687 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3688 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3689 Grammars}).
3690
3691 @menu
3692 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3693 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3694 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3695 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3696 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3697 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3698 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3699 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3700 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3701 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3702 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3703 @end menu
3704
3705 @node Require Decl
3706 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3707 @cindex version requirement
3708 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3709 @findex %require
3710
3711 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3712 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3713 status 63).
3714
3715 @example
3716 %require "@var{version}"
3717 @end example
3718
3719 @node Token Decl
3720 @subsection Token Type Names
3721 @cindex declaring token type names
3722 @cindex token type names, declaring
3723 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3724 @findex %token
3725
3726 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3727
3728 @example
3729 %token @var{name}
3730 @end example
3731
3732 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3733 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3734 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3735
3736 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3737 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3738 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3739 Precedence}.
3740
3741 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3742 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3743 following the token name:
3744
3745 @example
3746 %token NUM 300
3747 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3748 @end example
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3752 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3753 with each other or with normal characters.
3754
3755 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3756 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3757 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3758 Than One Value Type}).
3759
3760 For example:
3761
3762 @example
3763 @group
3764 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3765 double val;
3766 symrec *tptr;
3767 @}
3768 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3769 @end group
3770 @end example
3771
3772 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3773 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3774 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3775
3776 @example
3777 %token arrow "=>"
3778 @end example
3779
3780 @noindent
3781 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3782 equivalent literal string tokens:
3783
3784 @example
3785 %token <operator> OR "||"
3786 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3787 %left OR "<="
3788 @end example
3789
3790 @noindent
3791 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3792 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3793 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3794 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3795
3796 @node Precedence Decl
3797 @subsection Operator Precedence
3798 @cindex precedence declarations
3799 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3800 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3801
3802 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3803 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3804 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3805 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3806 operator precedence.
3807
3808 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3809 @code{%token}: either
3810
3811 @example
3812 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3813 @end example
3814
3815 @noindent
3816 or
3817
3818 @example
3819 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3820 @end example
3821
3822 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3823 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3824 all the @var{symbols}:
3825
3826 @itemize @bullet
3827 @item
3828 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3829 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3830 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3831 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3832 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3833 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3834 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3835 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3836 considered a syntax error.
3837
3838 @item
3839 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3840 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3841 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3842 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3843 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3844 @end itemize
3845
3846 @node Union Decl
3847 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3848 @cindex declaring value types
3849 @cindex value types, declaring
3850 @findex %union
3851
3852 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3853 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3854 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3855 @code{union} in C@.
3856
3857 For example:
3858
3859 @example
3860 @group
3861 %union @{
3862 double val;
3863 symrec *tptr;
3864 @}
3865 @end group
3866 @end example
3867
3868 @noindent
3869 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3870 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3871 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3872 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3873
3874 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3875 @code{union}. For example:
3876
3877 @example
3878 @group
3879 %union value @{
3880 double val;
3881 symrec *tptr;
3882 @}
3883 @end group
3884 @end example
3885
3886 @noindent
3887 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3888 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3889 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3890
3891 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3892 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3893 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3894
3895 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3896 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3897
3898 @node Type Decl
3899 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3900 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3901 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3902 @findex %type
3903
3904 @noindent
3905 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3906 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3907 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3908
3909 @example
3910 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3911 @end example
3912
3913 @noindent
3914 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3915 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3916 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3917 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3918 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3919 the symbol names.
3920
3921 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3922 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3923 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3924 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3925
3926 @node Initial Action Decl
3927 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3928 @findex %initial-action
3929
3930 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3931 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3932 code.
3933
3934 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3935 @findex %initial-action
3936 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3937 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3938 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3939 @code{%parse-param}.
3940 @end deffn
3941
3942 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3943
3944 @example
3945 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3946 %initial-action
3947 @{
3948 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3949 @};
3950 @end example
3951
3952
3953 @node Destructor Decl
3954 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3955 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3956 @findex %destructor
3957
3958 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3959 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3960 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3961 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3962 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3963 must discard the start symbol.
3964
3965 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3966 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3967 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3968 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3969
3970 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3971 symbol is automatically discarded.
3972
3973 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3974 @findex %destructor
3975 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3976 @var{symbols}.
3977 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3978 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3979 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3980 @code{yyparse}}).
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 For instance:
3984
3985 @smallexample
3986 %union
3987 @{
3988 char *string;
3989 @}
3990 %token <string> STRING
3991 %type <string> string
3992 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3993 @end smallexample
3994
3995 @noindent
3996 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3997 its associated memory will be freed.
3998
3999 @sp 1
4000
4001 @cindex discarded symbols
4002 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4003
4004 @itemize
4005 @item
4006 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4007 @item
4008 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4009 @item
4010 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4011 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4012 @item
4013 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4014 @end itemize
4015
4016 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4017 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4018 exhaustion.
4019
4020 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4021 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4022 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4023 the memory.
4024
4025 @node Expect Decl
4026 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4027 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4028 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4029 @cindex warnings, preventing
4030 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4031 @findex %expect
4032 @findex %expect-rr
4033
4034 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4035 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4036 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4037 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4038 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4039 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4040
4041 The declaration looks like this:
4042
4043 @example
4044 %expect @var{n}
4045 @end example
4046
4047 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4048 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4049 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4050 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4051
4052 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4053 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4054 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4055 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4056 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4057 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4058 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4059
4060 @example
4061 %expect-rr @var{n}
4062 @end example
4063
4064 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4065
4066 @itemize @bullet
4067 @item
4068 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4069 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4070 print the number of conflicts.
4071
4072 @item
4073 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4074 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4075 go back to the beginning.
4076
4077 @item
4078 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4079 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4080 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4081 @end itemize
4082
4083 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4084 will keep silent otherwise.
4085
4086 @node Start Decl
4087 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4088 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4089 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4090 @cindex default start symbol
4091 @findex %start
4092
4093 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4094 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4095 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4096
4097 @example
4098 %start @var{symbol}
4099 @end example
4100
4101 @node Pure Decl
4102 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4103 @cindex reentrant parser
4104 @cindex pure parser
4105 @findex %pure-parser
4106
4107 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4108 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4109 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4110 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4111 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4112 program must be called only within interlocks.
4113
4114 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4115 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4116 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4117 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4118 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4119
4120 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4121 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4122 reentrant. It looks like this:
4123
4124 @example
4125 %pure-parser
4126 @end example
4127
4128 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4129 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4130 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4131 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4132 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4133 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4134 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4135 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4136
4137 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4138 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4139 valid grammar.
4140
4141 @node Decl Summary
4142 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4143 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4144 @cindex declaration summary
4145 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4146
4147 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4148
4149 @deffn {Directive} %union
4150 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4151 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4152 @end deffn
4153
4154 @deffn {Directive} %token
4155 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4156 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4157 @end deffn
4158
4159 @deffn {Directive} %right
4160 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4161 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4162 @end deffn
4163
4164 @deffn {Directive} %left
4165 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4166 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4167 @end deffn
4168
4169 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4170 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4171 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4172 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4173 @end deffn
4174
4175 @ifset defaultprec
4176 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4177 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4178 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4179 @end deffn
4180 @end ifset
4181
4182 @deffn {Directive} %type
4183 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4184 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4185 @end deffn
4186
4187 @deffn {Directive} %start
4188 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4189 Start-Symbol}).
4190 @end deffn
4191
4192 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4193 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4194 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4195 @end deffn
4196
4197
4198 @sp 1
4199 @noindent
4200 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4201 directives:
4202
4203 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4204 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4205 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4206 @end deffn
4207 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4208
4209 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4210 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4211 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4212 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4213 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4214
4215 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4216 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4217 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4218 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4219 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4220 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4221 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4222 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4223
4224 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4225 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4226 Parser}.
4227
4228 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4229 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4230 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4231 Locations}.
4232
4233 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4234 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4235 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4236 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4237 Tokens}.
4238
4239 @findex %start-header
4240 @findex %end-header
4241 If you have declared @code{%start-header} or @code{%end-header}, the output
4242 header also contains their code.
4243 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
4244 @end deffn
4245
4246 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4247 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4248 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4249 @end deffn
4250
4251 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4252 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4253 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4254 @end deffn
4255
4256 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4257 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4258 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4259 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4260 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4261 accurate syntax error messages.
4262 @end deffn
4263
4264 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4265 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4266 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4267 in C parsers
4268 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4269 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4270 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4271 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4272 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4273 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4274 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @ifset defaultprec
4278 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4279 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4280 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4281 Precedence}).
4282 @end deffn
4283 @end ifset
4284
4285 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4286 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4287 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4288 declarations.
4289
4290 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4291 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4292 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4293 @end deffn
4294
4295 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4296 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4297 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4298 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4299 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4300 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4301 file in its own right.
4302 @end deffn
4303
4304 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4305 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4306 @end deffn
4307
4308 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4309 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4310 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4314 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4315 Require a Version of Bison}.
4316 @end deffn
4317
4318 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4319 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4320 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4321 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4322 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4323 @code{"$end"},
4324 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4325 defined in the grammar file.
4326
4327 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4328 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4329 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4330 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4331 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4332 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4333 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4334 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4335
4336 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4337 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4338 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4339
4340 @table @code
4341 @item YYNTOKENS
4342 The highest token number, plus one.
4343 @item YYNNTS
4344 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4345 @item YYNRULES
4346 The number of grammar rules,
4347 @item YYNSTATES
4348 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4349 @end table
4350 @end deffn
4351
4352 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4353 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4354 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4355 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4356 information.
4357 @end deffn
4358
4359 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4360 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4361 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4362 @end deffn
4363
4364
4365 @node Multiple Parsers
4366 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4367
4368 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4369 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4370 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4371 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4372
4373 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4374 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4375 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4376 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4377 names that do not conflict.
4378
4379 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4380 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4381 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4382 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4383
4384 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4385 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4386 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4387 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4388 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4389
4390 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4391 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4392 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4393 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4394
4395 @node Interface
4396 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4397 @cindex C-language interface
4398 @cindex interface
4399
4400 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4401 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4402 functions that it needs to use.
4403
4404 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4405 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4406 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4407 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4408
4409 @menu
4410 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4411 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4412 which reads tokens.
4413 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4414 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4415 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4416 native language.
4417 @end menu
4418
4419 @node Parser Function
4420 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4421 @findex yyparse
4422
4423 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4424 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4425 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4426 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4427 without reading further.
4428
4429
4430 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4431 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4432 is due to end-of-input).
4433
4434 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4435 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4436 invoked.
4437
4438 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4439 @end deftypefun
4440
4441 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4442 these macros:
4443
4444 @defmac YYACCEPT
4445 @findex YYACCEPT
4446 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4447 @end defmac
4448
4449 @defmac YYABORT
4450 @findex YYABORT
4451 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4452 @end defmac
4453
4454 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4455 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4456 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4457
4458 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4459 @findex %parse-param
4460 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4461 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4462 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4463 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4464 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4465 @end deffn
4466
4467 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4468
4469 @example
4470 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4471 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4472 @end example
4473
4474 @noindent
4475 Then call the parser like this:
4476
4477 @example
4478 @{
4479 int nastiness, randomness;
4480 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4481 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4482 @dots{}
4483 @}
4484 @end example
4485
4486 @noindent
4487 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4488
4489 @example
4490 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4491 @end example
4492
4493
4494 @node Lexical
4495 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4496 @findex yylex
4497 @cindex lexical analyzer
4498
4499 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4500 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4501 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4502 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4503
4504 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4505 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4506 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4507 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4508 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4509 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4510 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4511
4512 @menu
4513 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4514 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4515 of the token it has read.
4516 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4517 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4518 actions want that.
4519 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4520 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4521 @end menu
4522
4523 @node Calling Convention
4524 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4525
4526 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4527 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4528 signifies end-of-input.
4529
4530 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4531 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4532 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4533 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4534
4535 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4536 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4537 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4538 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4539 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4540 signifies end-of-input.
4541
4542 Here is an example showing these things:
4543
4544 @example
4545 int
4546 yylex (void)
4547 @{
4548 @dots{}
4549 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4550 return 0;
4551 @dots{}
4552 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4553 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4554 @dots{}
4555 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4556 @dots{}
4557 @}
4558 @end example
4559
4560 @noindent
4561 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4562 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4563
4564 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4565 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4566
4567 @itemize @bullet
4568 @item
4569 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4570 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4571 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4572 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4573
4574 @item
4575 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4576 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4577 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4578 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4579 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4580 to Bison.
4581
4582 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4583 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4584 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4585 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4586
4587 @smallexample
4588 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4589 @{
4590 if (yytname[i] != 0
4591 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4592 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4593 strlen (token_buffer))
4594 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4595 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4596 break;
4597 @}
4598 @end smallexample
4599
4600 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4601 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4602 @end itemize
4603
4604 @node Token Values
4605 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4606
4607 @vindex yylval
4608 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4609 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4610 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4611 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4612 @code{yylex}:
4613
4614 @example
4615 @group
4616 @dots{}
4617 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4618 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4619 @dots{}
4620 @end group
4621 @end example
4622
4623 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4624 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4625 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4626 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4627 declaration looks like this:
4628
4629 @example
4630 @group
4631 %union @{
4632 int intval;
4633 double val;
4634 symrec *tptr;
4635 @}
4636 @end group
4637 @end example
4638
4639 @noindent
4640 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4641
4642 @example
4643 @group
4644 @dots{}
4645 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4646 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4647 @dots{}
4648 @end group
4649 @end example
4650
4651 @node Token Locations
4652 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4653
4654 @vindex yylloc
4655 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4656 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4657 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4658 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4659 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4660 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4661
4662 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4663 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4664 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4665 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4666 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4667
4668 @tindex YYLTYPE
4669 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4670
4671 @node Pure Calling
4672 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4673
4674 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4675 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4676 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4677 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4678 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4679 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4680 pointers.
4681
4682 @example
4683 int
4684 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4685 @{
4686 @dots{}
4687 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4688 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4689 @dots{}
4690 @}
4691 @end example
4692
4693 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4694 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4695 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4696 only one argument.
4697
4698
4699 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4700 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4701 Function}).
4702
4703 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4704 @findex %lex-param
4705 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4706 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4707 @end deffn
4708
4709 For instance:
4710
4711 @example
4712 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4713 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4714 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4715 @end example
4716
4717 @noindent
4718 results in the following signature:
4719
4720 @example
4721 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4722 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4723 @end example
4724
4725 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4726
4727 @example
4728 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4729 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4730 @end example
4731
4732 @noindent
4733 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4734
4735 @example
4736 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4737 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4738 @end example
4739
4740 @node Error Reporting
4741 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4742 @cindex error reporting function
4743 @findex yyerror
4744 @cindex parse error
4745 @cindex syntax error
4746
4747 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4748 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4749 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4750 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4751 in Actions}).
4752
4753 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4754 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4755 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4756 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4757 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4758
4759 @findex %error-verbose
4760 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4761 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4762 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4763 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4764
4765 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4766 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4767 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4768 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4769 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4770 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4771
4772 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4773 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4774 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4775
4776 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4777
4778 @example
4779 @group
4780 void
4781 yyerror (char const *s)
4782 @{
4783 @end group
4784 @group
4785 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4786 @}
4787 @end group
4788 @end example
4789
4790 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4791 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4792 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4793 immediately return 1.
4794
4795 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4796 an access to the current location.
4797 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4798 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4799 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4800 @code{yyerror} are:
4801
4802 @example
4803 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4804 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4805 @end example
4806
4807 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4808
4809 @example
4810 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4811 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4812 @end example
4813
4814 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4815 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4816 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4817 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4818
4819 @example
4820 /* Location tracking. */
4821 %locations
4822 /* Pure yylex. */
4823 %pure-parser
4824 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4825 /* Pure yyparse. */
4826 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4827 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4828 @end example
4829
4830 @noindent
4831 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4832
4833 @example
4834 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4835 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4836 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4837 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4838 char const *msg);
4839 @end example
4840
4841 @noindent
4842 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4843 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4844 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4845 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4846 message is always passed last.
4847
4848 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4849 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4850 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4851 @code{yyerror}.
4852
4853 @vindex yynerrs
4854 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4855 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4856 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4857 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4858
4859 @node Action Features
4860 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4861 @cindex summary, action features
4862 @cindex action features summary
4863
4864 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4865 are useful in actions.
4866
4867 @deffn {Variable} $$
4868 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4869 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4870 @end deffn
4871
4872 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4873 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4874 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4875 @end deffn
4876
4877 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4878 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4879 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4880 Types of Values in Actions}.
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4884 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4885 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4886 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4890 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4891 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4892 @end deffn
4893
4894 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4895 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4896 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4897 @end deffn
4898
4899 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4900 @findex YYBACKUP
4901 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4902 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4903 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4904 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4905 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4906 going to be reduced by this rule.
4907
4908 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4909 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4910 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4911 recovery.
4912
4913 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4914 @end deffn
4915
4916 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4917 @vindex YYEMPTY
4918 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
4919 @end deffn
4920
4921 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4922 @vindex YYEOF
4923 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
4924 stream.
4925 @end deffn
4926
4927 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4928 @findex YYERROR
4929 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4930 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4931 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4932 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4933 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4934 @end deffn
4935
4936 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4937 @findex YYRECOVERING
4938 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
4939 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
4940 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4941 @end deffn
4942
4943 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4944 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4945 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
4946 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4947 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4948 Actions}).
4949 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4953 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
4954 error rules.
4955 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4956 Semantic Actions}).
4957 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4961 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4962 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4963 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4964 @end deffn
4965
4966 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4967 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4968 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4969 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4970 Actions}).
4971 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4972 @end deffn
4973
4974 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4975 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4976 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4977 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4978 Actions}).
4979 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4980 @end deffn
4981
4982 @deffn {Value} @@$
4983 @findex @@$
4984 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4985 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4986 Tracking Locations}.
4987
4988 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4989
4990 @c @example
4991 @c struct @{
4992 @c int first_line, last_line;
4993 @c int first_column, last_column;
4994 @c @};
4995 @c @end example
4996
4997 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4998 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4999
5000 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5001 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5002 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5003 @c those members.
5004
5005 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5006 @end deffn
5007
5008 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5009 @findex @@@var{n}
5010 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5011 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5012 Tracking Locations}.
5013 @end deffn
5014
5015 @node Internationalization
5016 @section Parser Internationalization
5017 @cindex internationalization
5018 @cindex i18n
5019 @cindex NLS
5020 @cindex gettext
5021 @cindex bison-po
5022
5023 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5024 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5025 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5026 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5027 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5028 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5029 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5030 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5031 installation.
5032
5033 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5034 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5035 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5036 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5037
5038 @enumerate
5039 @item
5040 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5041 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5042 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5043 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5044 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5045 For example:
5046
5047 @example
5048 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5049 @end example
5050
5051 @item
5052 @findex BISON_I18N
5053 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5054 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5055 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5056 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5057 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5058 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5059 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5060 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5061 Bison-generated parser.
5062
5063 @item
5064 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5065 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5066 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5067 For example:
5068
5069 @example
5070 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5071 @end example
5072
5073 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5074 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5075 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5076 @file{Makefile}.
5077
5078 @item
5079 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5080 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5081 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5082
5083 @example
5084 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5085 @end example
5086
5087 or:
5088
5089 @example
5090 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5091 @end example
5092
5093 @item
5094 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5095 infrastructure.
5096 @end enumerate
5097
5098
5099 @node Algorithm
5100 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5101 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5102 @cindex algorithm of parser
5103 @cindex shifting
5104 @cindex reduction
5105 @cindex parser stack
5106 @cindex stack, parser
5107
5108 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5109 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5110 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5111
5112 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5113 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5114 that was shifted.
5115
5116 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5117 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5118 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5119 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5120 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5121 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5122 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5123
5124 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5125
5126 @example
5127 1 + 5 * 3
5128 @end example
5129
5130 @noindent
5131 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5132 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5133
5134 @example
5135 expr: expr '*' expr;
5136 @end example
5137
5138 @noindent
5139 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5140
5141 @example
5142 1 + 15
5143 @end example
5144
5145 @noindent
5146 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5147 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5148
5149 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5150 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5151 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5152
5153 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5154
5155 @menu
5156 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5157 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5158 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5159 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5160 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5161 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5162 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5163 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5164 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5165 @end menu
5166
5167 @node Lookahead
5168 @section Lookahead Tokens
5169 @cindex lookahead token
5170
5171 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5172 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5173 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5174 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5175 token in order to decide what to do.
5176
5177 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5178 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5179 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5180 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5181 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5182 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5183 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5184 application.
5185
5186 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5187 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5188 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5189
5190 @example
5191 @group
5192 expr: term '+' expr
5193 | term
5194 ;
5195 @end group
5196
5197 @group
5198 term: '(' expr ')'
5199 | term '!'
5200 | NUMBER
5201 ;
5202 @end group
5203 @end example
5204
5205 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5206 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5207 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5208 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5209 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5210
5211 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5212 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5213 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5214 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5215 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5216 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5217
5218 @vindex yychar
5219 @vindex yylval
5220 @vindex yylloc
5221 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5222 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5223 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5224 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5225
5226 @node Shift/Reduce
5227 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5228 @cindex conflicts
5229 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5230 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5231 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5232
5233 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5234 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5235
5236 @example
5237 @group
5238 if_stmt:
5239 IF expr THEN stmt
5240 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5241 ;
5242 @end group
5243 @end example
5244
5245 @noindent
5246 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5247 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5248
5249 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5250 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5251 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5252 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5253 rule.
5254
5255 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5256 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5257 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5258 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5259 contrast it with the other alternative.
5260
5261 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5262 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5263 equivalent:
5264
5265 @example
5266 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5267
5268 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5269 @end example
5270
5271 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5272 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5273 making these two inputs equivalent:
5274
5275 @example
5276 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5277
5278 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5279 @end example
5280
5281 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5282 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5283 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5284 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5285 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5286 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5287 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5288 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5289
5290 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5291 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5292 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5293 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5294
5295 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5296 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5297 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5298 conflict:
5299
5300 @example
5301 @group
5302 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5303 %%
5304 @end group
5305 @group
5306 stmt: expr
5307 | if_stmt
5308 ;
5309 @end group
5310
5311 @group
5312 if_stmt:
5313 IF expr THEN stmt
5314 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5315 ;
5316 @end group
5317
5318 expr: variable
5319 ;
5320 @end example
5321
5322 @node Precedence
5323 @section Operator Precedence
5324 @cindex operator precedence
5325 @cindex precedence of operators
5326
5327 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5328 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5329 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5330 shift and when to reduce.
5331
5332 @menu
5333 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5334 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5335 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5336 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5337 @end menu
5338
5339 @node Why Precedence
5340 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5341
5342 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5343 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5344
5345 @example
5346 @group
5347 expr: expr '-' expr
5348 | expr '*' expr
5349 | expr '<' expr
5350 | '(' expr ')'
5351 @dots{}
5352 ;
5353 @end group
5354 @end example
5355
5356 @noindent
5357 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5358 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5359 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5360 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5361 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5362 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5363 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5364 different results.
5365
5366 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5367 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5368 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5369 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5370 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5371 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5372 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5373 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5374 @samp{<}.
5375
5376 @cindex associativity
5377 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5378 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5379 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5380 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5381 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5382 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5383 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5384 makes right-associativity.
5385
5386 @node Using Precedence
5387 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5388 @findex %left
5389 @findex %right
5390 @findex %nonassoc
5391
5392 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5393 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5394 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5395 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5396 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5397 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5398 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5399 row''.
5400
5401 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5402 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5403 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5404 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5405 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5406
5407 @node Precedence Examples
5408 @subsection Precedence Examples
5409
5410 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5411
5412 @example
5413 %left '<'
5414 %left '-'
5415 %left '*'
5416 @end example
5417
5418 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5419 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5420 declared with @code{'-'}:
5421
5422 @example
5423 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5424 %left '+' '-'
5425 %left '*' '/'
5426 @end example
5427
5428 @noindent
5429 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5430 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5431 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5432
5433 @node How Precedence
5434 @subsection How Precedence Works
5435
5436 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5437 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5438 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5439 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5440 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5441 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5442
5443 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5444 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5445 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5446 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5447 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5448 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5449 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5450 resolved.
5451
5452 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5453 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5454
5455 @node Contextual Precedence
5456 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5457 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5458 @cindex unary operator precedence
5459 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5460 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5461 @findex %prec
5462
5463 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5464 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5465 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5466 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5467
5468 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5469 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5470 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5471 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5472 modifier for rules.
5473
5474 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5475 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5476 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5477 modifier's syntax is:
5478
5479 @example
5480 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5481 @end example
5482
5483 @noindent
5484 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5485 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5486 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5487 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5488 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5489
5490 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5491 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5492 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5493 precedence:
5494
5495 @example
5496 @dots{}
5497 %left '+' '-'
5498 %left '*'
5499 %left UMINUS
5500 @end example
5501
5502 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5503
5504 @example
5505 @group
5506 exp: @dots{}
5507 | exp '-' exp
5508 @dots{}
5509 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5510 @end group
5511 @end example
5512
5513 @ifset defaultprec
5514 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5515 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5516 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5517 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5518
5519 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5520 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5521 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5522 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5523
5524 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5525 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5526 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5527 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5528 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5529 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5530
5531 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5532 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5533 @end ifset
5534
5535 @node Parser States
5536 @section Parser States
5537 @cindex finite-state machine
5538 @cindex parser state
5539 @cindex state (of parser)
5540
5541 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5542 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5543 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5544 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5545 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5546
5547 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5548 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5549 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5550 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5551 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5552 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5553 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5554 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5555 pushed.
5556
5557 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5558 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5559 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5560
5561 @node Reduce/Reduce
5562 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5563 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5564 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5565
5566 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5567 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5568 in the grammar.
5569
5570 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5571 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5572
5573 @example
5574 sequence: /* empty */
5575 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5576 | maybeword
5577 | sequence word
5578 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5579 ;
5580
5581 maybeword: /* empty */
5582 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5583 | word
5584 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5585 ;
5586 @end example
5587
5588 @noindent
5589 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5590 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5591 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5592 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5593 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5594 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5595
5596 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5597 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5598 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5599
5600 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5601 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5602 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5603 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5604 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5605
5606 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5607 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5608 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5609 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5610
5611 @example
5612 sequence: /* empty */
5613 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5614 | sequence word
5615 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5616 ;
5617 @end example
5618
5619 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5620
5621 @example
5622 sequence: /* empty */
5623 | sequence words
5624 | sequence redirects
5625 ;
5626
5627 words: /* empty */
5628 | words word
5629 ;
5630
5631 redirects:/* empty */
5632 | redirects redirect
5633 ;
5634 @end example
5635
5636 @noindent
5637 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5638 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5639 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5640 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5641 in infinitely many ways!
5642
5643 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5644 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5645 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5646 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5647
5648 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5649 of sequence:
5650
5651 @example
5652 sequence: /* empty */
5653 | sequence word
5654 | sequence redirect
5655 ;
5656 @end example
5657
5658 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5659 from being empty:
5660
5661 @example
5662 sequence: /* empty */
5663 | sequence words
5664 | sequence redirects
5665 ;
5666
5667 words: word
5668 | words word
5669 ;
5670
5671 redirects:redirect
5672 | redirects redirect
5673 ;
5674 @end example
5675
5676 @node Mystery Conflicts
5677 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5678
5679 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5680 Here is an example:
5681
5682 @example
5683 @group
5684 %token ID
5685
5686 %%
5687 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5688 ;
5689 param_spec:
5690 type
5691 | name_list ':' type
5692 ;
5693 @end group
5694 @group
5695 return_spec:
5696 type
5697 | name ':' type
5698 ;
5699 @end group
5700 @group
5701 type: ID
5702 ;
5703 @end group
5704 @group
5705 name: ID
5706 ;
5707 name_list:
5708 name
5709 | name ',' name_list
5710 ;
5711 @end group
5712 @end example
5713
5714 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5715 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5716 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5717 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5718
5719 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5720 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5721 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5722 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5723 an @code{ID}
5724 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5725 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5726 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5727 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5728 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5729 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5730 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5731 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5732 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5733
5734 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5735 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5736 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5737 and tend to
5738 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5739 as it is now.
5740
5741 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5742 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5743 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5744 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5745
5746 @example
5747 @group
5748 %token BOGUS
5749 @dots{}
5750 %%
5751 @dots{}
5752 return_spec:
5753 type
5754 | name ':' type
5755 /* This rule is never used. */
5756 | ID BOGUS
5757 ;
5758 @end group
5759 @end example
5760
5761 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5762 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5763 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5764 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5765 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5766 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5767
5768 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5769 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5770 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5771 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5772 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5773 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5774
5775 @example
5776 param_spec:
5777 type
5778 | name_list ':' type
5779 ;
5780 return_spec:
5781 type
5782 | ID ':' type
5783 ;
5784 @end example
5785
5786 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5787 generators, please see:
5788 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5789 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5790 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5791 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5792
5793 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5794 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5795 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5796 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5797 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5798 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5799
5800 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5801 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5802 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5803 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5804 context-free languages.
5805 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5806 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5807 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5808 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5809 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5810 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5811 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5812 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5813
5814 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5815 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5816 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5817 parser uses the same basic
5818 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5819 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5820 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5821 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5822 situation, it
5823 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5824 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5825 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5826 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5827 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5828
5829 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5830 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5831 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5832 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5833 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5834 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5835 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5836 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5837 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5838 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5839 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5840 stream.
5841
5842 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5843 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5844 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5845 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5846 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5847 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5848 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5849 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5850 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5851 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5852 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5853 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5854
5855 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5856 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5857 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5858 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5859 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5860 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5861 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5862 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5863 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5864 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5865 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5866 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5867 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5868 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5869 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5870 Bison parser.
5871
5872 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5873 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5874 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5875 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5876 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5877 (2000-12-24).
5878
5879 @node Memory Management
5880 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5881 @cindex memory exhaustion
5882 @cindex memory management
5883 @cindex stack overflow
5884 @cindex parser stack overflow
5885 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5886
5887 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5888 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5889 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5890
5891 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5892 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5893 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5894
5895 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5896 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5897 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5898 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5899 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5900
5901 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5902 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5903 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5904 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5905 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5906 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5907
5908 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5909 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5910 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5911 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5912
5913 @cindex default stack limit
5914 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5915 10000.
5916
5917 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5918 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5919 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5920 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5921 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5922 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5923
5924 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5925
5926 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5927 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5928 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5929 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5930 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5931 this deficiency in a future release.
5932
5933 @node Error Recovery
5934 @chapter Error Recovery
5935 @cindex error recovery
5936 @cindex recovery from errors
5937
5938 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5939 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5940 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5941 another expression.
5942
5943 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5944 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5945 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5946 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5947 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5948 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5949 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5950
5951 @findex error
5952 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5953 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5954 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5955 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5956 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5957 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5958
5959 For example:
5960
5961 @example
5962 stmnts: /* empty string */
5963 | stmnts '\n'
5964 | stmnts exp '\n'
5965 | stmnts error '\n'
5966 @end example
5967
5968 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5969 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5970
5971 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5972 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5973 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5974 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5975 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5976 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5977 applicable in the ordinary way.
5978
5979 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5980 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5981 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5982 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5983 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5984 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5985 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5986 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5987 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5988 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5989 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5990 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5991
5992 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5993 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5994 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5995
5996 @example
5997 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5998 @end example
5999
6000 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6001 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6002 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6003 spurious error message:
6004
6005 @example
6006 primary: '(' expr ')'
6007 | '(' error ')'
6008 @dots{}
6009 ;
6010 @end example
6011
6012 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6013 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6014 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6015 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6016 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6017 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6018 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6019 @code{stmnt}.
6020
6021 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6022 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6023 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6024 error messages resume.
6025
6026 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6027 as any other rules can.
6028
6029 @findex yyerrok
6030 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6031 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6032 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6033 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6034
6035 @findex yyclearin
6036 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6037 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6038 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6039 action.
6040 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6041
6042 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6043 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6044 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6045 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6046 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6047
6048 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6049 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6050 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6051 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6052 error.
6053
6054 @node Context Dependency
6055 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6056
6057 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6058 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6059 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6060 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6061 languages.
6062
6063 @menu
6064 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6065 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6066 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6067 error recovery rules must be written.
6068 @end menu
6069
6070 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6071 neither clean nor robust.)
6072
6073 @node Semantic Tokens
6074 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6075
6076 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6077 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6078
6079 @example
6080 foo (x);
6081 @end example
6082
6083 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6084 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6085 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6086
6087 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6088 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6089 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6090 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6091 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6092
6093 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6094 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6095 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6096 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6097 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6098 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6099 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6100
6101 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6102 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6103 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6104 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6105 earlier:
6106
6107 @example
6108 typedef int foo, bar;
6109 int baz (void)
6110 @{
6111 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6112 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6113 return foo (bar);
6114 @}
6115 @end example
6116
6117 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6118 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6119
6120 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6121 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6122 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6123 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6124 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6125
6126 @example
6127 initdcl:
6128 declarator maybeasm '='
6129 init
6130 | declarator maybeasm
6131 ;
6132
6133 notype_initdcl:
6134 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6135 init
6136 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6137 ;
6138 @end example
6139
6140 @noindent
6141 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6142 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6143 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6144
6145 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6146 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6147 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6148 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6149 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6150 the syntactic context.
6151
6152 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6153 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6154 @cindex lexical tie-in
6155
6156 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6157 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6158 parsed.
6159
6160 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6161 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6162 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6163 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6164 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6165
6166 @example
6167 @group
6168 %@{
6169 int hexflag;
6170 int yylex (void);
6171 void yyerror (char const *);
6172 %@}
6173 %%
6174 @dots{}
6175 @end group
6176 @group
6177 expr: IDENTIFIER
6178 | constant
6179 | HEX '('
6180 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6181 expr ')'
6182 @{ hexflag = 0;
6183 $$ = $4; @}
6184 | expr '+' expr
6185 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6186 @dots{}
6187 ;
6188 @end group
6189
6190 @group
6191 constant:
6192 INTEGER
6193 | STRING
6194 ;
6195 @end group
6196 @end example
6197
6198 @noindent
6199 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6200 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6201 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6202
6203 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6204 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6205 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6206
6207 @node Tie-in Recovery
6208 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6209
6210 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6211 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6212
6213 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6214 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6215 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6216 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6217
6218 @example
6219 stmt: expr ';'
6220 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6221 @dots{}
6222 error ';'
6223 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6224 ;
6225 @end example
6226
6227 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6228 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6229 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6230 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6231 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6232
6233 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6234
6235 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6236 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6237 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6238
6239 @example
6240 @group
6241 expr: @dots{}
6242 | '(' expr ')'
6243 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6244 | '(' error ')'
6245 @dots{}
6246 @end group
6247 @end example
6248
6249 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6250 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6251 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6252 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6253
6254 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6255 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6256 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6257 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6258 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6259 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6260 clear the flag.
6261
6262 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6263
6264 @node Debugging
6265 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6266
6267 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6268 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6269 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6270 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6271 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6272 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6273
6274 @menu
6275 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6276 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6277 @end menu
6278
6279 @node Understanding
6280 @section Understanding Your Parser
6281
6282 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6283 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6284 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6285 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6286 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6287 file).
6288
6289 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6290 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6291 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6292 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6293 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6294 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6295 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6296
6297 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6298
6299 @example
6300 %token NUM STR
6301 %left '+' '-'
6302 %left '*'
6303 %%
6304 exp: exp '+' exp
6305 | exp '-' exp
6306 | exp '*' exp
6307 | exp '/' exp
6308 | NUM
6309 ;
6310 useless: STR;
6311 %%
6312 @end example
6313
6314 @command{bison} reports:
6315
6316 @example
6317 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6318 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6319 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6320 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6321 @end example
6322
6323 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6324 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6325 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6326 interpretation is the same.
6327
6328 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6329 to precedence and/or associativity:
6330
6331 @example
6332 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6333 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6334 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6335 @exdent @dots{}
6336 @end example
6337
6338 @noindent
6339 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6340
6341 @example
6342 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6343 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6344 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6345 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6346 @end example
6347
6348 @noindent
6349 @cindex token, useless
6350 @cindex useless token
6351 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6352 @cindex useless nonterminal
6353 @cindex rule, useless
6354 @cindex useless rule
6355 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6356 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6357 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6358 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6359 below):
6360
6361 @example
6362 Useless nonterminals:
6363 useless
6364
6365 Terminals which are not used:
6366 STR
6367
6368 Useless rules:
6369 #6 useless: STR;
6370 @end example
6371
6372 @noindent
6373 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6374
6375 @example
6376 Grammar
6377
6378 Number, Line, Rule
6379 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6380 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6381 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6382 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6383 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6384 5 9 exp -> NUM
6385 @end example
6386
6387 @noindent
6388 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6389
6390 @example
6391 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6392
6393 $end (0) 0
6394 '*' (42) 3
6395 '+' (43) 1
6396 '-' (45) 2
6397 '/' (47) 4
6398 error (256)
6399 NUM (258) 5
6400
6401 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6402
6403 $accept (8)
6404 on left: 0
6405 exp (9)
6406 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6407 @end example
6408
6409 @noindent
6410 @cindex item
6411 @cindex pointed rule
6412 @cindex rule, pointed
6413 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6414 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6415 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6416 that the input cursor.
6417
6418 @example
6419 state 0
6420
6421 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6422
6423 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6424
6425 exp go to state 2
6426 @end example
6427
6428 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6429 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6430 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6431 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6432 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6433 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6434 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6435 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6436
6437 @cindex core, item set
6438 @cindex item set core
6439 @cindex kernel, item set
6440 @cindex item set core
6441 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6442 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6443 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6444 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6445 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6446 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6447 be derived:
6448
6449 @example
6450 state 0
6451
6452 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6453 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6454 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6455 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6456 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6457 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6458
6459 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6460
6461 exp go to state 2
6462 @end example
6463
6464 @noindent
6465 In the state 1...
6466
6467 @example
6468 state 1
6469
6470 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6471
6472 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6473 @end example
6474
6475 @noindent
6476 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6477 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6478 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6479 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6480
6481 @example
6482 state 2
6483
6484 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6485 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6486 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6487 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6488 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6489
6490 $ shift, and go to state 3
6491 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6492 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6493 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6494 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6495 @end example
6496
6497 @noindent
6498 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6499 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6500 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6501 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6502 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6503 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6504
6505 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6506 state}:
6507
6508 @example
6509 state 3
6510
6511 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6512
6513 $default accept
6514 @end example
6515
6516 @noindent
6517 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6518 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6519
6520 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6521 the reader.
6522
6523 @example
6524 state 4
6525
6526 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6527
6528 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6529
6530 exp go to state 8
6531
6532 state 5
6533
6534 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6535
6536 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6537
6538 exp go to state 9
6539
6540 state 6
6541
6542 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6543
6544 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6545
6546 exp go to state 10
6547
6548 state 7
6549
6550 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6551
6552 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6553
6554 exp go to state 11
6555 @end example
6556
6557 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6558 1 shift/reduce}:
6559
6560 @example
6561 state 8
6562
6563 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6564 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6565 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6566 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6567 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6568
6569 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6570 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6571
6572 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6573 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6574 @end example
6575
6576 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6577 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6578 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6579 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6580 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6581 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6582 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6583 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6584
6585 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6586 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6587 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6588 square brackets.
6589
6590 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6591 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6592 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6593 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6594 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6595 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6596 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6597 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6598 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6599 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6600 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6601 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6602
6603 @example
6604 state 8
6605
6606 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6607 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6608 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6609 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6610 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6611
6612 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6613 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6614
6615 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6616 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6617 @end example
6618
6619 The remaining states are similar:
6620
6621 @example
6622 state 9
6623
6624 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6625 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6626 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6627 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6628 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6629
6630 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6631 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6632
6633 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6634 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6635
6636 state 10
6637
6638 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6639 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6640 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6641 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6642 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6643
6644 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6645
6646 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6647 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6648
6649 state 11
6650
6651 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6652 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6653 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6654 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6655 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6656
6657 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6658 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6659 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6660 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6661
6662 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6663 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6664 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6665 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6666 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6667 @end example
6668
6669 @noindent
6670 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6671 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6672 @samp{*}, but also because the
6673 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6674
6675
6676 @node Tracing
6677 @section Tracing Your Parser
6678 @findex yydebug
6679 @cindex debugging
6680 @cindex tracing the parser
6681
6682 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6683 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6684
6685 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6686
6687 @table @asis
6688 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6689 @findex YYDEBUG
6690 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6691 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6692 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6693 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6694 Prologue}).
6695
6696 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6697 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6698 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6699
6700 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6701 @findex %debug
6702 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6703 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6704 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6705 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6706 you, this is
6707 the preferred solution.
6708 @end table
6709
6710 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6711 always possible.
6712
6713 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6714 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6715 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6716 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6717 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6718 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6719
6720 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6721 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6722 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6723 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6724
6725 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6726 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6727 messages tell you these things:
6728
6729 @itemize @bullet
6730 @item
6731 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6732
6733 @item
6734 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6735 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6736
6737 @item
6738 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6739 of the state stack afterward.
6740 @end itemize
6741
6742 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6743 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6744 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6745 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6746 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6747 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6748 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6749 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6750 grammar are to blame.
6751
6752 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6753 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6754 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6755 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6756 the grammar it is working.
6757
6758 @findex YYPRINT
6759 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6760 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6761 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6762 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6763 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6764 value (from @code{yylval}).
6765
6766 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6767 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6768
6769 @smallexample
6770 %@{
6771 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6772 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6773 %@}
6774
6775 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6776
6777 static void
6778 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6779 @{
6780 if (type == VAR)
6781 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6782 else if (type == NUM)
6783 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6784 @}
6785 @end smallexample
6786
6787 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6788
6789 @node Invocation
6790 @chapter Invoking Bison
6791 @cindex invoking Bison
6792 @cindex Bison invocation
6793 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6794
6795 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6796
6797 @example
6798 bison @var{infile}
6799 @end example
6800
6801 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6802 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6803 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6804 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6805 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6806 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6807 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6808 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6809 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6810 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6811 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6812 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6813
6814 For example :
6815
6816 @example
6817 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6818 @end example
6819 @noindent
6820 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6821
6822 @example
6823 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6824 @end example
6825 @noindent
6826 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6827
6828 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6829 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6830 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6831
6832 @menu
6833 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6834 in alphabetical order by short options.
6835 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6836 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6837 @end menu
6838
6839 @node Bison Options
6840 @section Bison Options
6841
6842 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6843 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6844 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6845 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6846 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6847 @samp{=}.
6848
6849 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6850 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6851 option.
6852
6853 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6854 @noindent
6855 Operations modes:
6856 @table @option
6857 @item -h
6858 @itemx --help
6859 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6860
6861 @item -V
6862 @itemx --version
6863 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6864
6865 @item --print-localedir
6866 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6867
6868 @item -y
6869 @itemx --yacc
6870 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6871 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6872 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6873 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6874 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6875 @file{y.tab.h}.
6876 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6877 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6878 names.
6879 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6880 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6881
6882 @example
6883 #! /bin/sh
6884 bison -y "$@@"
6885 @end example
6886
6887 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6888 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6889 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6890 this option is specified.
6891
6892 @end table
6893
6894 @noindent
6895 Tuning the parser:
6896
6897 @table @option
6898 @item -S @var{file}
6899 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6900 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6901 you are developing Bison.
6902
6903 @item -t
6904 @itemx --debug
6905 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6906 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6907 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6908
6909 @item --locations
6910 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6911
6912 @item -p @var{prefix}
6913 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6914 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6915 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6916
6917 @item -l
6918 @itemx --no-lines
6919 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6920 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6921 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6922 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6923 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6924
6925 @item -n
6926 @itemx --no-parser
6927 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6928
6929 @item -k
6930 @itemx --token-table
6931 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6932 @end table
6933
6934 @noindent
6935 Adjust the output:
6936
6937 @table @option
6938 @item -d
6939 @itemx --defines
6940 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6941 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6942 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6943
6944 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6945 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6946
6947 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6948 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6949 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6950 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6951
6952 @item -r @var{things}
6953 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6954 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6955 separated list of @var{things} among:
6956
6957 @table @code
6958 @item state
6959 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6960 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6961
6962 @item lookahead
6963 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6964 each rule's lookahead set.
6965
6966 @item itemset
6967 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6968 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6969 @end table
6970
6971 @item -v
6972 @itemx --verbose
6973 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6974 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6975 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6976
6977 @item -o @var{file}
6978 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6979 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6980
6981 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6982 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6983
6984 @item -g
6985 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6986 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6987 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6988 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6989
6990 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6991 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6992 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6993 the output graph file.
6994 @end table
6995
6996 @node Option Cross Key
6997 @section Option Cross Key
6998
6999 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7000 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7001 the corresponding short option.
7002
7003 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7004 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7005 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7006 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7007 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7008 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7009 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7010 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7011 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7012 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7013 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7014 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7015 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7016 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7017 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7018 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7019 @end multitable
7020
7021 @node Yacc Library
7022 @section Yacc Library
7023
7024 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7025 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7026 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7027 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7028 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7029 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7030 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7031
7032 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7033 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7034
7035 @example
7036 int yyerror (char const *);
7037 @end example
7038
7039 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7040 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7041 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7042
7043 @example
7044 int yyparse (void);
7045 @end example
7046
7047 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7048
7049 @node C++ Language Interface
7050 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7051
7052 @menu
7053 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7054 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7055 @end menu
7056
7057 @node C++ Parsers
7058 @section C++ Parsers
7059
7060 @menu
7061 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7062 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7063 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7064 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7065 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7066 @end menu
7067
7068 @node C++ Bison Interface
7069 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7070 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7071 @c - Always pure
7072 @c - initial action
7073
7074 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7075 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7076 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7077 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7078 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7079 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7080 various classes are generated in the following files:
7081
7082 @table @file
7083 @item position.hh
7084 @itemx location.hh
7085 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7086 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7087
7088 @item stack.hh
7089 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7090
7091 @item @var{file}.hh
7092 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7093 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7094 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7095 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7096 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7097
7098 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7099 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7100 @samp{%defines} directive.
7101 @end table
7102
7103 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7104 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7105
7106 @node C++ Semantic Values
7107 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7108 @c - No objects in unions
7109 @c - YSTYPE
7110 @c - Printer and destructor
7111
7112 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7113 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7114 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7115 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7116 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7117 @itemize @minus
7118 @item
7119 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7120 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7121 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7122 @item
7123 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7124 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7125 to such objects are allowed.
7126 @end itemize
7127
7128 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7129 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7130 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7131 Symbols}.
7132
7133
7134 @node C++ Location Values
7135 @subsection C++ Location Values
7136 @c - %locations
7137 @c - class Position
7138 @c - class Location
7139 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7140
7141 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7142 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7143 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7144 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7145 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7146
7147 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7148 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7149 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7150 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7151 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7152 @end deftypemethod
7153
7154 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7155 The line, starting at 1.
7156 @end deftypemethod
7157
7158 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7159 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7160 @end deftypemethod
7161
7162 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7163 The column, starting at 0.
7164 @end deftypemethod
7165
7166 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7167 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7168 @end deftypemethod
7169
7170 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7171 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7172 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7173 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7174 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7175 @end deftypemethod
7176
7177 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7178 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7179 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7180 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7181 @end deftypemethod
7182
7183 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7184 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7185 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7186 @end deftypemethod
7187
7188 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7189 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7190 Advance the @code{end} position.
7191 @end deftypemethod
7192
7193 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7194 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7195 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7196 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7197 @end deftypemethod
7198
7199 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7200 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7201 @end deftypemethod
7202
7203
7204 @node C++ Parser Interface
7205 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7206 @c - define parser_class_name
7207 @c - Ctor
7208 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7209 @c debug_stream.
7210 @c - Reporting errors
7211
7212 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7213 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7214 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7215 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7216 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7217 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7218 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7219 additional argument for its constructor.
7220
7221 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7222 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7223 The types for semantics value and locations.
7224 @end defcv
7225
7226 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7227 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7228 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7229 @end deftypemethod
7230
7231 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7232 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7233 @end deftypemethod
7234
7235 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7236 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7237 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7238 @code{std::cerr}.
7239 @end deftypemethod
7240
7241 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7242 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7243 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7244 or nonzero, full tracing.
7245 @end deftypemethod
7246
7247 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7248 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7249 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7250 described by @var{m}.
7251 @end deftypemethod
7252
7253
7254 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7255 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7256 @c - prefix for yylex.
7257 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7258 @c - %lex-param
7259
7260 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7261 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7262 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7263
7264 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7265 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7266 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7267 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7268 @end deftypemethod
7269
7270
7271 @node A Complete C++ Example
7272 @section A Complete C++ Example
7273
7274 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7275 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7276 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7277 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7278 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7279 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7280 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7281 actually easier to interface with.
7282
7283 @menu
7284 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7285 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7286 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7287 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7288 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7289 @end menu
7290
7291 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7292 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7293
7294 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7295 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7296 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7297 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7298 of valid input follows.
7299
7300 @example
7301 three := 3
7302 seven := one + two * three
7303 seven * seven
7304 @end example
7305
7306 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7307 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7308 @c - An env
7309 @c - A place to store error messages
7310 @c - A place for the result
7311
7312 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7313 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7314 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7315 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7316 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7317 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7318 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7319
7320 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7321 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7322 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7323 class.
7324
7325 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7326 @example
7327 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7328 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7329 # include <string>
7330 # include <map>
7331 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7332 @end example
7333
7334
7335 @noindent
7336 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7337 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7338 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7339 factor both as follows.
7340
7341 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7342 @example
7343 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7344 # define YY_DECL \
7345 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7346 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7347 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7348 calcxx_driver& driver)
7349 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7350 YY_DECL;
7351 @end example
7352
7353 @noindent
7354 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7355 members.
7356
7357 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7358 @example
7359 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7360 class calcxx_driver
7361 @{
7362 public:
7363 calcxx_driver ();
7364 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7365
7366 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7367
7368 int result;
7369 @end example
7370
7371 @noindent
7372 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7373 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7374 members.
7375
7376 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7377 @example
7378 // Handling the scanner.
7379 void scan_begin ();
7380 void scan_end ();
7381 bool trace_scanning;
7382 @end example
7383
7384 @noindent
7385 Similarly for the parser itself.
7386
7387 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7388 @example
7389 // Handling the parser.
7390 void parse (const std::string& f);
7391 std::string file;
7392 bool trace_parsing;
7393 @end example
7394
7395 @noindent
7396 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7397 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7398 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7399 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7400
7401 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7402 @example
7403 // Error handling.
7404 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7405 void error (const std::string& m);
7406 @};
7407 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7408 @end example
7409
7410 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7411 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7412 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7413 messages and set error state.
7414
7415 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7416 @example
7417 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7418 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7419
7420 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7421 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7422 @{
7423 variables["one"] = 1;
7424 variables["two"] = 2;
7425 @}
7426
7427 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7428 @{
7429 @}
7430
7431 void
7432 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7433 @{
7434 file = f;
7435 scan_begin ();
7436 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7437 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7438 parser.parse ();
7439 scan_end ();
7440 @}
7441
7442 void
7443 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7444 @{
7445 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7446 @}
7447
7448 void
7449 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7450 @{
7451 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7452 @}
7453 @end example
7454
7455 @node Calc++ Parser
7456 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7457
7458 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7459 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7460 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7461 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7462 the grammar for.
7463
7464 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7465 @example
7466 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7467 %require "2.1a"
7468 %defines
7469 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7470 @end example
7471
7472 @noindent
7473 @findex %start-header
7474 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7475 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7476 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7477 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7478 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7479 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7480 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
7481
7482 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7483 @example
7484 %start-header @{
7485 # include <string>
7486 class calcxx_driver;
7487 @}
7488 @end example
7489
7490 @noindent
7491 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7492 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7493 global variables.
7494
7495 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7496 @example
7497 // The parsing context.
7498 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7499 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7500 @end example
7501
7502 @noindent
7503 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7504 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7505 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7506 automatically propagated.
7507
7508 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7509 @example
7510 %locations
7511 %initial-action
7512 @{
7513 // Initialize the initial location.
7514 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7515 @};
7516 @end example
7517
7518 @noindent
7519 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7520 error messages.
7521
7522 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7523 @example
7524 %debug
7525 %error-verbose
7526 @end example
7527
7528 @noindent
7529 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7530 them.
7531
7532 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7533 @example
7534 // Symbols.
7535 %union
7536 @{
7537 int ival;
7538 std::string *sval;
7539 @};
7540 @end example
7541
7542 @noindent
7543 @findex %after-header
7544 The code between @samp{%after-header @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7545 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7546
7547 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7548 @example
7549 %after-header @{
7550 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7551 @}
7552 @end example
7553
7554
7555 @noindent
7556 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7557 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7558 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7559 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7560 avoid name clashes.
7561
7562 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7563 @example
7564 %token END 0 "end of file"
7565 %token ASSIGN ":="
7566 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7567 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7568 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7569 @end example
7570
7571 @noindent
7572 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7573 @code{%destructor}.
7574
7575 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7576 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7577 @example
7578 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7579 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7580
7581 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7582 @end example
7583
7584 @noindent
7585 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7586
7587 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7588 @example
7589 %%
7590 %start unit;
7591 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7592
7593 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7594 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7595
7596 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7597
7598 %left '+' '-';
7599 %left '*' '/';
7600 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7601 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7602 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7603 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7604 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7605 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7606 %%
7607 @end example
7608
7609 @noindent
7610 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7611 driver.
7612
7613 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7614 @example
7615 void
7616 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7617 const std::string& m)
7618 @{
7619 driver.error (l, m);
7620 @}
7621 @end example
7622
7623 @node Calc++ Scanner
7624 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7625
7626 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7627 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7628
7629 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7630 @example
7631 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7632 # include <cstdlib>
7633 # include <errno.h>
7634 # include <limits.h>
7635 # include <string>
7636 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7637 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7638
7639 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7640 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7641 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7642 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7643 # undef yywrap
7644 # define yywrap() 1
7645
7646 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7647 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7648 not of token_type. */
7649 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7650 %@}
7651 @end example
7652
7653 @noindent
7654 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7655 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7656 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7657 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7658
7659 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7660 @example
7661 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7662 @end example
7663
7664 @noindent
7665 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7666
7667 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7668 @example
7669 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7670 int [0-9]+
7671 blank [ \t]
7672 @end example
7673
7674 @noindent
7675 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7676 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7677 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7678 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7679 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7680 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7681 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7682
7683 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7684 @example
7685 %@{
7686 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7687 %@}
7688 %%
7689 %@{
7690 yylloc->step ();
7691 %@}
7692 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7693 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7694 @end example
7695
7696 @noindent
7697 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7698 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7699 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7700 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7701
7702 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7703 @example
7704 %@{
7705 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7706 %@}
7707 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7708 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7709 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7710 @{int@} @{
7711 errno = 0;
7712 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7713 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7714 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7715 yylval->ival = n;
7716 return token::NUMBER;
7717 @}
7718 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7719 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7720 %%
7721 @end example
7722
7723 @noindent
7724 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7725 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7726
7727 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7728 @example
7729 void
7730 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7731 @{
7732 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7733 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7734 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7735 @}
7736
7737 void
7738 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7739 @{
7740 fclose (yyin);
7741 @}
7742 @end example
7743
7744 @node Calc++ Top Level
7745 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7746
7747 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7748
7749 @comment file: calc++.cc
7750 @example
7751 #include <iostream>
7752 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7753
7754 int
7755 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7756 @{
7757 calcxx_driver driver;
7758 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7759 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7760 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7761 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7762 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7763 else
7764 @{
7765 driver.parse (*argv);
7766 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7767 @}
7768 @}
7769 @end example
7770
7771 @c ================================================= FAQ
7772
7773 @node FAQ
7774 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7775 @cindex frequently asked questions
7776 @cindex questions
7777
7778 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7779 are addressed.
7780
7781 @menu
7782 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7783 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7784 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7785 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7786 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7787 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7788 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7789 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7790 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7791 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7792 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7793 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7794 @end menu
7795
7796 @node Memory Exhausted
7797 @section Memory Exhausted
7798
7799 @display
7800 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7801 message. What can I do?
7802 @end display
7803
7804 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7805 ,Recursive Rules}.
7806
7807 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7808 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7809
7810 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7811 following typical questions:
7812
7813 @display
7814 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7815 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7816 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7817 @end display
7818
7819 @noindent
7820 or
7821
7822 @display
7823 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7824 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7825 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7826 @end display
7827
7828 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7829 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7830 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7831 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7832 @file{first-line.l}:
7833
7834 @verbatim
7835 %{
7836 #include <stdio.h>
7837 #include <stdlib.h>
7838 %}
7839 %%
7840 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7841 %%
7842 int
7843 yyparse (char const *file)
7844 {
7845 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7846 if (!yyin)
7847 exit (2);
7848 /* One token only. */
7849 yylex ();
7850 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7851 exit (3);
7852 return 0;
7853 }
7854
7855 int
7856 main (void)
7857 {
7858 yyparse ("input");
7859 yyparse ("input");
7860 return 0;
7861 }
7862 @end verbatim
7863
7864 @noindent
7865 If the file @file{input} contains
7866
7867 @verbatim
7868 input:1: Hello,
7869 input:2: World!
7870 @end verbatim
7871
7872 @noindent
7873 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7874
7875 @example
7876 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7877 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7878 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7879 input:1: Hello,
7880 input:2: World!
7881 @end example
7882
7883 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7884 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7885 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7886 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7887 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7888 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7889 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7890 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7891 input buffers.
7892
7893 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7894 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7895 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7896 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7897
7898 @node Strings are Destroyed
7899 @section Strings are Destroyed
7900
7901 @display
7902 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7903 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7904 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7905 @end display
7906
7907 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7908 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7909 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7910
7911 @verbatim
7912 %{
7913 #include <stdio.h>
7914 char *yylval = NULL;
7915 %}
7916 %%
7917 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7918 \n /* IGNORE */
7919 %%
7920 int
7921 main ()
7922 {
7923 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7924 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7925 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7926 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7927 return 0;
7928 }
7929 @end verbatim
7930
7931 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7932
7933 @example
7934 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7935 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7936 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7937 "one
7938 two", "two"
7939 @end example
7940
7941 @noindent
7942 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7943 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7944 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7945 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7946 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7947 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7948
7949 @example
7950 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7951 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7952 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7953 "two", "two"
7954 @end example
7955
7956
7957 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7958 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7959
7960 @display
7961 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7962 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7963 @end display
7964
7965 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7966 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7967 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7968 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7969 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7970 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7971 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7972
7973 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7974 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7975 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7976 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7977 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7978 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7979 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7980 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7981 compiler.
7982
7983 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7984 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7985
7986
7987 @node Multiple start-symbols
7988 @section Multiple start-symbols
7989
7990 @display
7991 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
7992 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
7993 multiple entry points.
7994 @end display
7995
7996 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
7997 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
7998 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
7999 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8000 real start-symbol:
8001
8002 @example
8003 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8004 %start start;
8005 start: START_FOO foo
8006 | START_BAR bar;
8007 @end example
8008
8009 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8010 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8011
8012 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8013 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8014 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8015 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8016 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8017 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8018 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8019 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8020
8021 @example
8022 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8023 %%
8024 %@{
8025 if (start_token)
8026 @{
8027 int t = start_token;
8028 start_token = 0;
8029 return t;
8030 @}
8031 %@}
8032 /* @r{The rules.} */
8033 @end example
8034
8035
8036 @node Secure? Conform?
8037 @section Secure? Conform?
8038
8039 @display
8040 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8041 @end display
8042
8043 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8044 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8045 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8046 please send us a bug report.
8047
8048 @node I can't build Bison
8049 @section I can't build Bison
8050
8051 @display
8052 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8053 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8054 What should I do?
8055 @end display
8056
8057 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8058 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8059 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8060 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8061 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8062 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8063 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8064
8065
8066 @node Where can I find help?
8067 @section Where can I find help?
8068
8069 @display
8070 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8071 @end display
8072
8073 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8074 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8075 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8076 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8077 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8078 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8079 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8080 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8081 hearts.
8082
8083 @node Bug Reports
8084 @section Bug Reports
8085
8086 @display
8087 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8088 @end display
8089
8090 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8091 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8092 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8093 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8094 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8095
8096 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8097 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8098 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8099 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8100 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8101
8102 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8103 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8104 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8105 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8106 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8107 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8108
8109 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8110 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8111
8112 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8113
8114 @node Other Languages
8115 @section Other Languages
8116
8117 @display
8118 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8119 favorite language here}?
8120 @end display
8121
8122 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8123 languages; contributions are welcome.
8124
8125 @node Beta Testing
8126 @section Beta Testing
8127
8128 @display
8129 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8130 @end display
8131
8132 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8133 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8134 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8135 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8136 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8137 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8138 essentially halted.
8139
8140 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8141 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8142 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8143 systems are especially welcome.
8144
8145 @node Mailing Lists
8146 @section Mailing Lists
8147
8148 @display
8149 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8150 @end display
8151
8152 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8153
8154 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8155
8156 @node Table of Symbols
8157 @appendix Bison Symbols
8158 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8159 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8160
8161 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8162 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8163 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8164 @end deffn
8165
8166 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8167 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8168 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8169 @end deffn
8170
8171 @deffn {Variable} $$
8172 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8173 @xref{Actions}.
8174 @end deffn
8175
8176 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8177 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8178 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8179 @end deffn
8180
8181 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8182 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8183 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8184 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8185 @end deffn
8186
8187 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8188 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8189 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8190 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8191 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8192 Grammar}.
8193 @end deffn
8194
8195 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8196 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8197 @end deffn
8198
8199 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8200 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8201 Grammar Rules}.
8202 @end deffn
8203
8204 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8205 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8206 @end deffn
8207
8208 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8209 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8210 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8211 @end deffn
8212
8213 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8214 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8215 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8216 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8217 @end deffn
8218
8219 @deffn {Directive} %after-header @{@var{code}@}
8220 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8221 header file.
8222 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8223 @end deffn
8224
8225 @deffn {Directive} %before-header @{@var{code}@}
8226 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file before the contents of the
8227 header file.
8228 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8229 @end deffn
8230
8231 @deffn {Directive} %end-header @{@var{code}@}
8232 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8233 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8234 Bison-generated definitions.
8235 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8236 @end deffn
8237
8238 @deffn {Directive} %start-header @{@var{code}@}
8239 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8240 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8241 Bison-generated definitions.
8242
8243 @cindex Prologue
8244 @findex %before-header
8245 @findex %union
8246 @findex %end-header
8247 @findex %after-header
8248 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8249 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8250 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8251 convenient for you:
8252
8253 @smallexample
8254 %before-header @{
8255 /* Bison treats this block like a pre-prologue block: it inserts it
8256 * into the code file before the contents of the header file. It
8257 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8258 * to put #include's that you want at the top of your code file. A
8259 * common example is `#include "system.h"'. */
8260 @}
8261 %start-header @{
8262 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8263 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8264 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8265 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8266 * dependencies, for example. */
8267 @}
8268 %union @{
8269 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8270 * for the %*-header blocks is not affected by their declaration
8271 * position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8272 @}
8273 %end-header @{
8274 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8275 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8276 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8277 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8278 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8279 @}
8280 %after-header @{
8281 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8282 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8283 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8284 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8285 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8286 @}
8287 @end smallexample
8288
8289 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8290 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8291
8292 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8293 @end deffn
8294
8295 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8296 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8297 @end deffn
8298
8299 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8300 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8301 @end deffn
8302
8303 @ifset defaultprec
8304 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8305 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8306 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8307 Precedence}.
8308 @end deffn
8309 @end ifset
8310
8311 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8312 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8313 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8314 @end deffn
8315
8316 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8317 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8318 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8319 @end deffn
8320
8321 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8322 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8323 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8324 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8325 @end deffn
8326
8327 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8328 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8329 used in the grammar.
8330 @end deffn
8331
8332 @deffn {Symbol} error
8333 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8334 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8335 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8336 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8337 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8338 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8339 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8340 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8341 @end deffn
8342
8343 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8344 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8345 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8346 @end deffn
8347
8348 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8349 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8350 Summary}.
8351 @end deffn
8352
8353 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8354 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8355 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8356 @end deffn
8357
8358 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8359 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8360 @end deffn
8361
8362 @deffn {Directive} %left
8363 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8364 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8365 @end deffn
8366
8367 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8368 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8369 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8370 for Pure Parsers}.
8371 @end deffn
8372
8373 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8374 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8375 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8376 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8377 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8378 @end deffn
8379
8380 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8381 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8382 @end deffn
8383
8384 @ifset defaultprec
8385 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8386 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8387 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8388 Precedence}.
8389 @end deffn
8390 @end ifset
8391
8392 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8393 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8394 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8395 @end deffn
8396
8397 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8398 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8399 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8400 @end deffn
8401
8402 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8403 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8404 Summary}.
8405 @end deffn
8406
8407 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8408 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8409 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8410 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8411 @end deffn
8412
8413 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8414 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8415 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8416 @end deffn
8417
8418 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8419 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8420 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8421 @end deffn
8422
8423 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8424 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8425 Require a Version of Bison}.
8426 @end deffn
8427
8428 @deffn {Directive} %right
8429 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8430 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8431 @end deffn
8432
8433 @deffn {Directive} %start
8434 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8435 Start-Symbol}.
8436 @end deffn
8437
8438 @deffn {Directive} %token
8439 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8440 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8441 @end deffn
8442
8443 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8444 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8445 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8446 @end deffn
8447
8448 @deffn {Directive} %type
8449 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8450 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8451 @end deffn
8452
8453 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8454 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8455 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8456 @code{error}.
8457 @end deffn
8458
8459 @deffn {Directive} %union
8460 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8461 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8462 @end deffn
8463
8464 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8465 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8466 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8467 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8468 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8469 @end deffn
8470
8471 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8472 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8473 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8474 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8475 @end deffn
8476
8477 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8478 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8479 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8480 @end deffn
8481
8482 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8483 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8484 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8485 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8486 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8487 @end deffn
8488
8489 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8490 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8491 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8495 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8496 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8497 @end deffn
8498
8499 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8500 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8501 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8502 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8503 @end deffn
8504
8505 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8506 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8507 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8508 @end deffn
8509
8510 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8511 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8512 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8513 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8514 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8515 @end deffn
8516
8517 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8518 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8519 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8520 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8521 @end deffn
8522
8523 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8524 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8525 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8526 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8527 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8528 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8529 @end deffn
8530
8531 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8532 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8533 @xref{Memory Management}.
8534 @end deffn
8535
8536 @deffn {Function} yylex
8537 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8538 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8539 @code{yylex}}.
8540 @end deffn
8541
8542 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8543 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8544 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8545 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8546 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8547 @end deffn
8548
8549 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8550 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8551 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8552 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8553 @code{yylex}.)
8554 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8555 grammar actions.
8556 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8557 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8558 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8559 @end deffn
8560
8561 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8562 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8563 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8564 @end deffn
8565
8566 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8567 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8568 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8569 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8570 @code{yylex}.)
8571 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8572 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8573 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8574 @end deffn
8575
8576 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8577 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8578 Management}.
8579 @end deffn
8580
8581 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8582 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8583 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8584 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8585 @end deffn
8586
8587 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8588 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8589 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8590 @end deffn
8591
8592 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8593 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8594 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8595 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8596 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8597 @end deffn
8598
8599 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8600 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8601 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8602 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8603 @end deffn
8604
8605 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8606 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8607 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8608 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8609 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8610 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8611 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8612
8613 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8614 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8615 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8616 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8617 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8618 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8619 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8620 @end deffn
8621
8622 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8623 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8624 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8625 @end deffn
8626
8627 @node Glossary
8628 @appendix Glossary
8629 @cindex glossary
8630
8631 @table @asis
8632 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8633 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8634 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8635 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8636 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8637
8638 @item Context-free grammars
8639 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8640 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8641 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8642 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8643 Grammars}.
8644
8645 @item Dynamic allocation
8646 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8647 compile time or on entry to a function.
8648
8649 @item Empty string
8650 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8651 character string of length zero.
8652
8653 @item Finite-state stack machine
8654 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8655 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8656 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8657 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8658 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8659 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8660
8661 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8662 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8663 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8664 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8665 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8666 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8667 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8668 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8669
8670 @item Grouping
8671 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8672 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8673 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8674
8675 @item Infix operator
8676 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8677 performs some operation.
8678
8679 @item Input stream
8680 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8681
8682 @item Language construct
8683 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8684 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8685 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8686
8687 @item Left associativity
8688 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8689 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8690 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8691
8692 @item Left recursion
8693 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8694 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8695 Rules}.
8696
8697 @item Left-to-right parsing
8698 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8699 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8700
8701 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8702 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8703 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8704
8705 @item Lexical tie-in
8706 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8707 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8708
8709 @item Literal string token
8710 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8711
8712 @item Lookahead token
8713 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8714 Tokens}.
8715
8716 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8717 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8718 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8719 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8720
8721 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8722 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8723 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8724
8725 @item Nonterminal symbol
8726 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8727 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8728 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8729
8730 @item Parser
8731 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8732 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8733 analyzer.
8734
8735 @item Postfix operator
8736 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8737 performs some operation.
8738
8739 @item Reduction
8740 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8741 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8742 Parser Algorithm}.
8743
8744 @item Reentrant
8745 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8746 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8747 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8748
8749 @item Reverse polish notation
8750 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8751
8752 @item Right recursion
8753 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8754 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8755 Rules}.
8756
8757 @item Semantics
8758 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8759 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8760 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8761
8762 @item Shift
8763 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8764 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8765 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8766
8767 @item Single-character literal
8768 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8769 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8770
8771 @item Start symbol
8772 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8773 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8774 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8775 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8776
8777 @item Symbol table
8778 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8779 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8780 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8781
8782 @item Syntax error
8783 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8784 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8785
8786 @item Token
8787 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8788 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8789 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8790 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8791
8792 @item Terminal symbol
8793 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8794 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8795 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8796 @end table
8797
8798 @node Copying This Manual
8799 @appendix Copying This Manual
8800
8801 @menu
8802 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8803 @end menu
8804
8805 @include fdl.texi
8806
8807 @node Index
8808 @unnumbered Index
8809
8810 @printindex cp
8811
8812 @bye
8813
8814 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8815 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8816 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8817 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8818 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8819 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8820 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8821 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8822 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8823 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8824 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8825 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8826 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8827 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8828 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8829 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8830 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8831 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8832 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8833 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8834 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8835 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8836 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8837 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8838 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8839 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8840 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8841 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8842 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex